{"title":"General Hardware","description":"\u003cp\u003eShop quality general hardware at Mr Panda, including fasteners, brackets, hinges, hooks, chains, fixings, tools, and everyday hardware essentials. Whether you're tackling DIY home improvements, maintenance, renovations, or professional construction projects, you'll find reliable products at competitive prices to get the job done right.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"solder-wire-3","title":"Tokoma 1.2mm 60\/40 Soldering Wire and Rosin Set – 50g","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe Tokoma Soldering Wire and Colophony Set provides essential materials for compatible electrical and electronics soldering tasks. The package contains a 50g spool of 1.2mm soldering wire and a separate container of colophony rosin.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rosin assists during soldering by helping reduce surface oxidation and surface tension, supporting improved solder flow across properly prepared joints. This compact set is suitable for electronics repairs, wire joining, circuit-board projects and general workshop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTokoma soldering set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50g soldering-wire spool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.2mm wire diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60\/40 alloy ratio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate colophony rosin included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRosin for soldering and musical instruments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce oxidation during soldering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce surface tension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact retail blister packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for a range of electronics applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombines soldering wire and rosin in one convenient set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.2mm wire is practical for a variety of general soldering tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRosin helps prepare compatible surfaces for soldering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports smoother solder flow across a heated joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact spool is easy to handle and store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for repairs, hobby projects and workshop use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealed packaging keeps the components together before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 50g spool of Tokoma soldering wire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Container of colophony rosin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Retail blister package\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA soldering iron and other accessories are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork in a clean and well-ventilated area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear suitable eye protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the components or wires before soldering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the surfaces that will be joined.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat the soldering iron and prepare its tip correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a small amount of colophony rosin to the compatible joint if required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat the joint with the soldering iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed the soldering wire onto the heated joint rather than directly onto the iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only enough solder to form the connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the soldering wire and then the iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the joint to cool without movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect the soldering iron and wash your hands after completing the task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe packaging indicates applications including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRadio repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelevision repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVCR repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStereo equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical wires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor-related soldering tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may also be suitable for compatible:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCircuit-board projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronics repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWire connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobby electronics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY electrical projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall component repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm that the 1.2mm wire and 60\/40 alloy are suitable for the intended joint and application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the soldering wire clean and dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the spool in its original packaging when possible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the colophony container closed when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry and well-ventilated location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from excessive heat and direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrevent the wire and rosin from becoming contaminated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the product away from food and drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash hands thoroughly after handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Tokoma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Soldering wire and colophony rosin set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoldering-wire diameter: 1.2mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight shown: 50g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlloy ratio: 60\/40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoldering-wire format: Spool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlux type: Colophony rosin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRosin use stated: Soldering and musical instruments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackaging type: Clear blister package\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpool colour: Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRosin container colour: Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExact alloy composition: Not clearly stated in the supplied image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlux-core construction: Not confirmed from the supplied image\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only in a well-ventilated area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid inhaling soldering fumes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear suitable eye protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not touch molten solder or the heated soldering-iron tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the product away from children and untrained users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not eat, drink or smoke while soldering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash hands thoroughly after handling the wire, rosin and soldered components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep soldering materials away from food-preparation areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not dispose of solder or residue in household drains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm the alloy composition and follow the applicable handling and disposal requirements before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow completed joints and tools to cool before handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe package contains a spool of soldering wire and a separate container of colophony rosin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the wire diameter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe packaging identifies the wire diameter as 1.2mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much soldering wire is supplied?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe packaging shows a weight of 50g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the alloy ratio?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe label identifies the soldering wire as a 60\/40 alloy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a soldering iron included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. A soldering iron is not visible in the supplied package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the colophony rosin do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe packaging states that it assists with oxide-film control, helps prevent oxidation and reduces surface tension during compatible applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable for electronics work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The packaging lists radio, television, VCR, stereo, wire and motor applications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53284058366318,"sku":null,"price":50.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/16b84cd1-cd77-460b-9485-4234b78cad61.png?v=1787128549"},{"product_id":"welding-magnet","title":"AIYI 30kg Welding Magnet – 45°, 90° \u0026 135°","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe AIYI Welding Magnet is designed to hold metal workpieces securely at fixed angles during welding, soldering, assembly and fabrication. Its strong magnetic grip helps keep your hands free while improving positioning accuracy.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum stated magnetic holding capacity: 30kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 45°, 90° and 135° working angles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong magnetic holding force\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable, compact construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps position ferrous metal pieces accurately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: AY-170-001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps workpieces steady during welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows convenient hands-free positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps produce cleaner and more accurate joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces movement while aligning metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for workshops, garages and DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × AIYI Welding Magnet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Product box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the magnet against the metal workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the second workpiece at the required angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that both surfaces are firmly secured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTack-weld the joint before completing the weld.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the workpiece to cool before removing the magnet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for holding magnetic ferrous metals during:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoldering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarking and alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY metalworking projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for aluminium, copper or other non-magnetic materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe away metal filings after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the magnet clean and dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore away from moisture and excessive heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid dropping or striking the tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not expose it directly to prolonged welding heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: AIYI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Welding magnet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: AY-170-001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum stated holding capacity: 30kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupported angles: 45°, 90° and 135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial compatibility: Magnetic ferrous metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: May vary according to available stock\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU: AY-170-001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear suitable welding gloves, eye protection and protective clothing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the workpieces are stable before welding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep fingers away from pinch points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe actual holding strength may vary according to the metal’s thickness, surface condition and placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep magnetic tools away from sensitive electronics and medical devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow hot metal to cool before touching or repositioning it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold aluminium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is intended for magnetic ferrous metals such as mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich angles does it support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt supports 45°, 90° and 135° positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it replace a welding clamp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is useful for positioning and tack welding, but additional clamps may be required for heavy or safety-critical work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold exactly 30kg in every application?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The stated maximum capacity depends on factors such as material thickness, contact area and surface condition.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53284383457646,"sku":"020719055","price":49.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/261c053f-4bba-47f9-aade-c51442324c7f.png?v=1785485243"},{"product_id":"welding-magnet-1","title":"AIYI 60kg Welding Magnet Angle Holder – AY-170-002","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe AIYI Welding Magnet is a strong magnetic angle holder designed to keep metal workpieces securely positioned during welding, soldering, assembly and fabrication. It supports commonly used working angles and provides hands-free positioning for more accurate results.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong welding magnet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum stated holding capacity: 60kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 45°, 90° and 135° angles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps hold ferrous metal pieces in position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrees both hands for safer, more controlled welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for workshops, fabrication and DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: AY-170-002\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes positioning metal pieces easier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps maintain consistent welding angles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces unwanted movement during tack welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproves accuracy and productivity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for corners, frames and metal assemblies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and reusable workshop accessory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × AIYI 60kg Welding Magnet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the metal surfaces before positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the magnet against both ferrous metal workpieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect the required 45°, 90° or 135° angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the pieces are stable and correctly aligned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTack-weld the workpieces before completing the weld.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the magnet to cool before handling or storing it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding and tack welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel frames and brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorner joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and sheet-metal positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoldering and assembly work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY and professional workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for use with magnetic ferrous metals such as mild steel. It may not hold aluminium, copper, brass or certain stainless-steel grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove metal filings and welding debris after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe clean with a dry cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from excessive heat and direct welding arcs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a clean, dry location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid dropping or striking the magnet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: AIYI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Welding magnet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: AY-170-002\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum stated holding capacity: 60kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupported angles: 45°, 90° and 135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Magnetic welding and metal-positioning aid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour and finish may vary slightly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 60kg rating is the manufacturer’s stated maximum and may vary according to material thickness, surface condition and positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use the magnet as a lifting device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear suitable welding gloves, eye protection and protective clothing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep fingers away from pinch points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding heat can make the magnet extremely hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep strong magnets away from electronic devices, watches and medical implants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways confirm that the workpiece is stable before welding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich angles can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed to support 45°, 90° and 135° working angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used with aluminium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Aluminium is not magnetic. This holder is intended primarily for ferrous metals such as mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it hold exactly 60kg?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe packaging states a maximum of 60kg. Actual holding force depends on the metal thickness, contact area, surface condition and working angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for lifting steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a positioning aid and should not be used as a lifting magnet.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53284394500462,"sku":"020719054","price":82.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/405fc2c8-8dba-4381-9dba-91083b9def5e.png?v=1785418239"},{"product_id":"wood-flat-bit","title":"KEON 12mm Wood Flat Drill Bit | Spade Bit for Timber","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe KEON 12mm Wood Flat Drill Bit is designed for drilling clean, accurate holes in wood and wood-based materials. Its flat spade-style cutting head removes material efficiently, while the pointed centre tip helps guide the bit and reduce wandering when starting a hole. Suitable for DIY, woodworking, furniture assembly and general maintenance projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12mm flat wood drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSharp centre point for accurate positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat cutting edges for efficient material removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtended shaft for improved drilling reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable metal construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with standard drill chucks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for handheld and bench drills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for DIY and professional woodworking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduces neat and consistent holes in wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes it easier to start drilling in the correct position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrills faster than many conventional twist bits in timber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong shaft provides access to deeper or recessed areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for furniture, shelving and general installation work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple to attach and use with compatible drills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 × KEON 12mm Wood Flat Drill Bit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInsert the shaft securely into the drill chuck and tighten it firmly. Mark the required drilling position, place the centre point on the mark and begin drilling at a low speed. Increase the speed gradually while applying steady, controlled pressure. Withdraw the bit occasionally when drilling deeper holes to remove wood chips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for drilling:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural timber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoftwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlywood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChipboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWooden furniture panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible with most standard electric drills, cordless drills and drill presses with a suitable chuck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean away wood dust and debris after every use. Keep the cutting edges dry and apply a light protective oil before long-term storage. Store the bit in its packaging or a dry toolbox to protect the cutting point from damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: KEON Tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Wood flat drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBit style: Flat\/spade bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 12mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Black\/dark metallic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShank type: Straight shank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Wood drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackaging: Blister pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear safety glasses and suitable protective equipment while drilling. Ensure the workpiece is securely clamped before use. Keep hands away from the rotating bit and allow it to stop completely before removing it from the drill. Do not use a damaged, bent or excessively worn drill bit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this bit be used on metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is specifically designed for wood and wood-based materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit a cordless drill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, provided the drill chuck can securely accommodate its straight shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it drill through hardwood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Use a suitable drilling speed and steady pressure, and clear away wood chips regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for making deep holes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIts extended shaft offers good reach, although the maximum depth depends on the usable length of the bit and the material being drilled.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53284412686702,"sku":"6055332314596","price":15.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/ebffe037-964b-4450-adf6-ff91306fd521.png?v=1787924734"},{"product_id":"brad-point-wood-drill-bit-set-8pc","title":"8-Piece Woodworking Drill Bit Set 3mm–10mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 8-Piece Woodworking Drill Bit Set is designed for clean, accurate drilling in wood and wood-based materials. Each bit features a brad-point tip for precise positioning and reduced slipping. Supplied in a compact storage case, the set includes eight commonly used sizes from 3mm to 10mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete 8-piece woodworking drill bit set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes range from 3mm to 10mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrad-point tips assist with accurate positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiral flutes help remove wood chips efficiently\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for clean and controlled drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearly marked holder for easy size identification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact case keeps the bits organised and protected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with most standard drills and drill presses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides a useful selection of sizes for everyday projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps create neat, accurate holes in wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces bit movement when starting a hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient storage makes the set easy to carry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for DIY projects, repairs and professional woodworking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x 3mm Woodworking Drill Bit\u003cbr\u003e1 x 4mm Woodworking Drill Bit\u003cbr\u003e1 x 5mm Woodworking Drill Bit\u003cbr\u003e1 x 6mm Woodworking Drill Bit\u003cbr\u003e1 x 7mm Woodworking Drill Bit\u003cbr\u003e1 x 8mm Woodworking Drill Bit\u003cbr\u003e1 x 9mm Woodworking Drill Bit\u003cbr\u003e1 x 10mm Woodworking Drill Bit\u003cbr\u003e1 x Storage Case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect the required bit size and secure it firmly in the drill chuck. Mark the drilling point, position the brad-point tip on the mark and begin drilling at a controlled speed. Apply steady pressure without forcing the bit. Clear away wood chips when drilling deeper holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for drilling into:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoftwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlywood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChipboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther wood-based materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for furniture assembly, cabinetry, shelving, carpentry, repairs and general DIY work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean away dust and wood chips after every use. Keep the bits dry and return them to the storage case after use. Avoid excessive pressure or overheating while drilling. Replace any bit that becomes bent, damaged or excessively blunt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct Type: Woodworking Drill Bit Set\u003cbr\u003eNumber of Bits: 8\u003cbr\u003eBit Sizes: 3mm, 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 9mm and 10mm\u003cbr\u003eTip Type: Brad Point\u003cbr\u003eFlute Type: Spiral\u003cbr\u003eColour: Black and Silver\u003cbr\u003eStorage: Compact Organiser Case\u003cbr\u003eApplication: Wood Drilling\u003cbr\u003eShank Type: Round\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear safety glasses and suitable protective equipment while drilling. Secure the workpiece before use and keep hands away from the rotating bit. Ensure the drill is switched off before inserting, removing or adjusting a bit. Keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these bits be used on metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These bits are designed primarily for wood and wood-based materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill they fit a standard drill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the round shanks are suitable for most standard adjustable drill chucks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe set includes 3mm, 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 9mm and 10mm bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the set include a storage case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, all eight bits are supplied in a compact organiser case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these suitable for hardwood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they can be used on hardwood when operated at the correct speed with controlled pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53324608930158,"sku":"8088557775765","price":49.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/c7b8b5d2-49c8-4e8c-ab63-4fd67017f0b6.png?v=1787913902"},{"product_id":"hss-twist-drill-bit-set-19pc","title":"AIYI 19-Piece HSS Drill Bit Set 1mm–10mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe AIYI 19-Piece HSS Twist Drill Bit Set provides a practical selection of drill bits for general drilling, repair and workshop projects. The set includes sizes from 1mm to 10mm in convenient 0.5mm increments, neatly organised in a durable storage case for easy selection and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete 19-piece drill bit set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes range from 1mm to 10mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied in 0.5mm increments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from high-speed steel (HSS)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard twist design for efficient drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearly marked sizes for quick identification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganised protective storage case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for DIY, maintenance and workshop use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides multiple sizes for different drilling requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces the need to purchase drill bits individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHSS construction offers reliable strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage case keeps the bits organised and protected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design is convenient to carry and store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for both home users and tradespeople\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 1mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 1.5mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 2mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 2.5mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 3mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 3.5mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 4mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 4.5mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 5mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 5.5mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 6mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 6.5mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 7mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 7.5mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 8mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 8.5mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 9mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 9.5mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 10mm HSS twist drill bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Storage case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect the correct drill bit size and secure it firmly in a compatible drill chuck. Mark the drilling position, hold the drill straight and begin at a controlled speed. Apply suitable cutting lubricant when drilling metal to help reduce heat and extend the bit’s lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for drilling common materials such as metal, wood and plastic when used with the correct drilling speed and technique. Compatible with standard corded and cordless drills fitted with an appropriate chuck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the drill bits after use and allow them to dry completely before returning them to the case. Apply a light protective oil after drilling metal. Store the set in a dry location and replace any bit that becomes damaged or excessively worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: AIYI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: HSS twist drill bit set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItem number: Y025-100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of pieces: 19\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize range: 1mm–10mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize intervals: 0.5mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: High-speed steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Gold tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage: Plastic organiser case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarcode: 6009540251006\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways wear safety glasses and suitable protective equipment while drilling. Secure the workpiece before use and keep hands away from the rotating bit. Disconnect the drill from its power source before changing bits. Do not use bent, cracked or damaged drill bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many drill bits are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe set contains 19 individual HSS twist drill bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are supplied?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt includes sizes from 1mm to 10mm in 0.5mm increments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the set include a storage case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the drill bits come organised in a protective plastic case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these drill bits be used on metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, HSS drill bits are suitable for drilling many common metals when used with the correct speed, pressure and cutting lubricant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they also drill wood and plastic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they can be used for general drilling in wood and plastic with the appropriate technique.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53324735971694,"sku":"6009540251006","price":145.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/d612f914-80e3-4741-aac4-54481cbdd38f.png?v=1787913532"},{"product_id":"metal-anchor-bolts","title":"AIYI M6 Expansion Bolt with Eye Hook – 4 Piece","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe AIYI M6 Expansion Bolt with Eye Hook is designed to provide a secure fixing point in solid masonry surfaces. Its strong metal construction and closed eye design make it suitable for hanging, securing and supporting a variety of items in homes, workshops and commercial spaces.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM6 expansion bolt size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong closed eye hook design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpansion sleeve provides a secure hold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable metal construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant zinc-plated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for solid masonry surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied in a convenient pack of 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreates a strong and reliable anchor point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install using standard tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed eye helps prevent attached items from slipping off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for various hanging and securing applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction offers dependable everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x M6 Expansion Bolts with Eye Hooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the required fixing position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill a correctly sized hole into the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove dust and debris from the drilled hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the expansion bolt fully into the hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the eye hook or nut until the sleeve expands securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the fixing is firm before attaching any item.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for installation into solid concrete, brick and other strong masonry surfaces. Ideal for hanging light fixtures, cables, ropes, chains, decorations and other suitable items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the bolts clean and dry when stored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the fixing regularly for looseness, rust or damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetighten when necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace immediately if damaged or heavily corroded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: AIYI Hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Expansion bolt with eye hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: M6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Zinc-plated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Gold-tone metallic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEye type: Closed eye\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 4 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItem number: AY199-408\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarcode: 6009541994087\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm that the mounting surface is solid and suitable before installation. Use the correct drill bit and wear eye protection while drilling. Do not exceed the safe load capacity of the bolt or mounting surface. Not recommended for weak, hollow or damaged surfaces without an appropriate fixing system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bolts are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe package contains four M6 expansion bolts with eye hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich surfaces can these bolts be used on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are designed mainly for solid concrete, brick and similar masonry surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they be used in hollow walls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese bolts are not recommended for hollow walls unless a suitable installation method is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can the eye hook be used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can provide a fixing point for suitable ropes, chains, cables, light fixtures and hanging accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53329350787438,"sku":"6009541994087","price":20.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/6d6f14ba-5dca-40a8-b528-9ae5846715c3.png?v=1787912478"},{"product_id":"shield-anchors-with-hook-bolts-12mm","title":"M12 Heavy-Duty Hook Bolt Expansion Anchor | Mr Panda","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe M12 Heavy-Duty Hook Bolt Expansion Anchor provides a strong and secure fixing point in concrete and solid masonry. It features a curved open hook, durable metal expansion sleeve, hex nut and washer for reliable installation in suitable solid surfaces.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM12 threaded hook bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty metal construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong curved open-hook design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpansion sleeve for secure anchoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYellow zinc-plated protective finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with a hex nut and washer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for concrete and solid masonry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreates a strong and dependable hanging point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpansion mechanism provides a firm hold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for household, workshop and construction applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated finish helps resist corrosion and wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install using standard tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for securing chains, ropes, cables and selected fixtures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x M12 Hook Bolt Expansion Anchor\u003cbr\u003e1 x Hex Nut\u003cbr\u003e1 x Washer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the required installation position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill a hole matching the anchor sleeve’s diameter and required depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove all dust and loose material from the hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the expansion anchor fully into the drilled hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the hook in the required direction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the hex nut until the anchor is firmly secured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the fixing carefully before applying a load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid concrete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid brick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural stone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid masonry walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging ropes and chains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecuring cables and selected fixtures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHousehold, workshop and construction applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot recommended for drywall, hollow brick or weak and crumbling surfaces without a suitable alternative fixing system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect regularly for looseness, damage or corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetighten the nut when necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep dry where possible to extend its service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the anchor if it becomes bent, cracked or heavily corroded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not reuse an anchor that has been damaged during removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct Type: Hook Bolt Expansion Anchor\u003cbr\u003eThread Size: M12\u003cbr\u003eAnchor Type: Expansion Sleeve Anchor\u003cbr\u003eHook Type: Curved Open Hook\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Metal\u003cbr\u003eFinish: Yellow Zinc Plated\u003cbr\u003eColour: Gold\/Yellow Zinc\u003cbr\u003eInstallation Method: Drill-In and Tighten\u003cbr\u003eSuitable Surfaces: Concrete, Solid Brick, Stone and Masonry\u003cbr\u003eQuantity: 1 Piece\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear suitable eye and hand protection while drilling and installing the anchor. Confirm that the mounting surface is solid and suitable for the intended load. The anchor’s holding capacity depends on the base material, hole size, installation depth, spacing and installation quality. Do not exceed the recommended load capacity. Do not use for climbing, overhead lifting or personal safety applications unless the installation has been professionally assessed and certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is this expansion anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt features an M12 threaded hook bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be installed in concrete?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is suitable for secure installation in solid concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used in brick walls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be installed in strong, solid brick. It is not recommended for hollow or crumbling brick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the expansion sleeve work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAs the nut is tightened, the metal sleeve expands against the inside of the drilled hole to create a secure hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe zinc-plated finish offers some corrosion resistance. It is best suited to indoor and sheltered outdoor installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for overhead lifting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It should not be used for overhead lifting or personal safety applications unless professionally assessed and certified for that purpose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53350818120046,"sku":"020619029","price":20.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/4845f445-5abb-4983-bc2b-bce188861fb5.png?v=1787841818"},{"product_id":"shield-anchors-with-hook-bolts-10mm","title":"M10 Heavy-Duty Expansion Hook Bolt Anchor","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe M10 Expansion Hook Bolt Anchor provides a strong and secure fixing point for hanging, fastening and suspension applications. Its expandable metal sleeve grips firmly inside concrete, brick and masonry surfaces, while the curved hook offers a convenient attachment point for ropes, chains, cables and other hanging items.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM10 threaded expansion hook bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty metal construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant zinc-plated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpansion sleeve creates a secure hold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved hook provides an easy attachment point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHex nut allows secure tightening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for permanent indoor and outdoor installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for concrete, solid brick and masonry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreates a strong and dependable fixing point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install using standard tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps prevent the anchor from pulling out under load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for various hanging and securing applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable finish provides protection against rust and wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for domestic, commercial and workshop use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x M10 Expansion Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x M10 Threaded Hook Bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Hex Nut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the required installation position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill a hole that matches the diameter and depth of the expansion anchor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear all dust and loose material from the hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the expansion sleeve into the drilled hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the threaded hook bolt and tighten the nut securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the anchor is firmly fixed before attaching any load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for installation into:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcrete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid brick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMasonry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for securing or hanging:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRopes and chains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCables and wires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging planters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight fixtures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral household and construction items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the anchor and nut regularly for looseness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetighten when necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the fitting clean and dry where possible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect for corrosion, bending or damage before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the anchor if it becomes damaged or unstable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Expansion Hook Bolt Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThread Size: M10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Zinc plated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Gold-tone metallic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFastener Type: Expansion anchor with hook bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation Method: Drill-in installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable Surfaces: Concrete, solid brick, masonry and stone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsage: Hanging, fastening and securing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the installation surface is solid and suitable before drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the correct drill-bit size for the expansion sleeve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear suitable eye protection when drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not install in weak, cracked or hollow material without the appropriate fixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the anchor is securely tightened before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed the recommended load capacity for the installation surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot intended for lifting people or safety-critical overhead applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is this expansion hook bolt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has an M10 threaded hook bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be installed in concrete?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is designed for secure installation in concrete, solid brick, stone and masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the zinc-plated finish offers corrosion resistance. However, regular inspection is recommended in exposed or damp environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it require drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a correctly sized hole must be drilled before inserting and tightening the anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used in hollow brick or drywall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis anchor is best suited to solid surfaces. A fixing specifically designed for hollow walls should be used instead.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53350819397998,"sku":"020619014","price":14.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/719ca329-5a53-494f-adc2-b2daecab71cf.png?v=1787841366"},{"product_id":"rawl-bolts-m12","title":"M12 Heavy-Duty Expansion Anchor Bolt | Mr Panda","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe M12 Heavy-Duty Expansion Anchor Bolt provides a strong and secure fixing for concrete, brick and other solid masonry surfaces. Its expanding sleeve creates a firm grip inside the drilled hole, making it suitable for demanding construction, installation and mounting applications.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM12 heavy-duty expansion anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant yellow zinc-plated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHexagonal bolt head for easy tightening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpanding sleeve provides a secure hold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for solid masonry installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and covered outdoor applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install using standard tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreates a strong and reliable fixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps prevent mounted items from loosening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction for long-lasting performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for various building and maintenance projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick and straightforward installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides excellent grip in properly prepared masonry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x M12 Expansion Anchor Bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the required mounting position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill a hole matching the anchor diameter and required depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove dust and loose material from the hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the expansion anchor through the item being mounted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the hexagonal bolt using a suitable spanner or socket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the anchor is secure before applying any load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fixing items such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelving supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGates and railings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachinery bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction fixtures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral masonry installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the anchor dry before installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect periodically for looseness or corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetighten when necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the anchor if it becomes damaged, heavily corroded or deformed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Expansion anchor bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: M12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Yellow zinc-plated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHead type: Hexagonal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchor design: Expanding metal sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation surface: Concrete, solid brick and solid masonry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Gold\/yellow metallic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsage: Heavy-duty fastening and mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the mounting surface is solid and suitable before installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the correct drill-bit size and drilling depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear safety glasses and protective gloves while drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten, as this may damage the anchor or mounting surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity depends on the masonry type, installation quality and embedment depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsult a qualified installer for structural or overhead applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is this anchor bolt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is an M12 expansion anchor bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be installed in concrete?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is designed for concrete and other solid masonry surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for hollow walls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is primarily intended for solid concrete, solid brick and masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be reused?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor safety and maximum holding strength, using a new anchor for each installation is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it rust-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe yellow zinc-plated finish provides corrosion resistance, but the anchor should be protected from prolonged exposure to harsh weather or moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53350841090414,"sku":"020619012","price":13.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/e0d4d992-335d-40db-af01-24520c9d03ce.png?v=1787840661"},{"product_id":"rawl-bolts-m16","title":"M16 Heavy-Duty Expansion Anchor Bolt for Concrete","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe M16 Heavy-Duty Expansion Anchor Bolt is designed to provide a strong and secure fixing in solid concrete, brick and masonry. Its expandable metal sleeve grips the drilled hole as the hex nut is tightened, making it suitable for demanding construction, installation and mounting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty M16 expansion anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong metal sleeve construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHex-head nut for convenient tightening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpansion design provides a firm, secure hold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant zinc-plated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and sheltered outdoor applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for permanent and high-load installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides a strong and reliable fixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps prevent mounted items from loosening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple installation using standard tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for various construction and maintenance projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction offers dependable performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 × M16 Expansion Anchor Bolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrill a correctly sized hole into solid concrete, brick or masonry. Remove all dust and debris from the hole, insert the anchor bolt and position the item being mounted. Tighten the hex nut securely so that the sleeve expands and grips the surrounding material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for securing brackets, steel structures, gates, railings, machinery, shelving, frames, posts and other heavy-duty fixtures to solid masonry surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the anchor dry and clean before installation. Inspect exposed installations periodically for corrosion or looseness and retighten when necessary. Replace the anchor if it becomes damaged or severely rusted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct Type: Expansion Anchor Bolt\u003cbr\u003eThread Size: M16\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Metal\u003cbr\u003eFinish: Zinc-Plated\u003cbr\u003eColour: Yellow Zinc\/Gold\u003cbr\u003eHead Type: Hex Nut\u003cbr\u003eInstallation Surface: Solid concrete, brick and masonry\u003cbr\u003eApplication: Heavy-duty anchoring and fixing\u003cbr\u003eQuantity: 1 Piece\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm that the base material is solid and suitable before installation. Use the correct drill-bit size and wear appropriate eye and hand protection while drilling. Do not exceed the recommended load capacity. Professional installation is advised for structural or overhead applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be installed in concrete?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is designed primarily for secure installation in solid concrete and other suitable masonry materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used in hollow walls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, this type of expansion anchor is best suited to solid base materials and is not recommended for hollow walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it expand when tightened?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Tightening the nut causes the metal sleeve to expand and grip the inside of the drilled hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor installation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe zinc-plated finish provides some corrosion resistance, but additional protection may be needed in exposed, coastal or high-moisture environments.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53350852460910,"sku":"020619100","price":25.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/24f7d901-3308-481b-b2e6-c8c4794a749d.png?v=1787840239"},{"product_id":"rawl-bolt-m10","title":"M10 Heavy-Duty Metal Sleeve Expansion Anchor Bolt","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe M10 Heavy-Duty Metal Sleeve Expansion Anchor Bolt provides a strong and secure fixing solution for concrete, solid brick and masonry surfaces. As the bolt is tightened, the metal sleeve expands inside the drilled hole to create a firm and reliable hold. It is ideal for construction, installation, repair and general mounting applications.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM10 expansion anchor bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty metal construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpanding sleeve provides a secure grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHexagonal bolt head for easy tightening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWasher helps distribute pressure evenly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated finish for added corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for concrete, solid brick and masonry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreates a strong and stable fixing point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps keep mounted fixtures firmly secured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install using standard tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for various building and maintenance projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable metal construction offers reliable performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated surface provides protection against rust and corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for permanent and semi-permanent installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × M10 Metal Sleeve Expansion Anchor Bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the required mounting position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill a hole that matches the anchor’s required diameter and depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove all dust and debris from the drilled hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the complete expansion anchor into the hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the item that needs to be secured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the hexagonal bolt using a suitable spanner or socket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the fixing is firm before applying a load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for securing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGates and fencing components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandrails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelving supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachinery and equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted fixtures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral building hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis anchor is designed for installation in solid concrete, solid brick and masonry. It is not recommended for hollow walls unless the installation has been professionally assessed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the anchor in a clean and dry location before installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it protected from excessive moisture and corrosive chemicals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect exposed installations periodically for corrosion or loosening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetighten when necessary without overtightening the bolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the anchor if it becomes bent, damaged or heavily corroded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Sleeve Expansion Anchor Bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: M10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThread Diameter: 10mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Zinc-plated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Gold metallic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHead Type: Hexagonal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFastening Method: Mechanical expansion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable Surfaces: Concrete, solid brick and masonry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation Tools Required: Drill, suitable masonry drill bit and spanner or socket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Construction, mounting, installation and repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear safety glasses and suitable protective equipment while drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for concealed electrical cables and plumbing before drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the correct drill-bit size and installation depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the surface is solid, stable and free from cracks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed the anchor’s recommended load capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not overtighten the bolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety-critical or heavy-load installations should be completed or inspected by a qualified installer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep small hardware components away from children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does M10 mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eM10 refers to a metric thread with a nominal diameter of 10mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich surfaces can this anchor be used on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is suitable for solid concrete, solid brick and masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the expansion anchor work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAs the bolt is tightened, the metal sleeve expands inside the drilled hole and grips the surrounding material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The zinc-plated finish provides some corrosion resistance. Stainless-steel anchors may be preferable in coastal, wet or highly corrosive environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the anchor be reused?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is generally intended for permanent installation. Reusing it may reduce its holding strength and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is its maximum load capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe safe load depends on the anchor’s length, installation depth, base material and installation quality. Confirm the required load rating before using it for heavy or safety-critical applications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53350867960174,"sku":"020619011","price":9.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/230dc3ee-3ce5-4a16-9d8f-95cd28b164c8.png?v=1787839931"},{"product_id":"rawl-bolt-m8","title":"M8 Heavy-Duty Expansion Anchor Bolt for Concrete \u0026 Masonry","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe M8 Heavy-Duty Expansion Anchor Bolt provides a strong and secure fixing solution for concrete, brick and masonry surfaces. Its expanding sleeve grips firmly inside the drilled hole when tightened, making it suitable for construction, installation and general maintenance work.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eM8 threaded expansion anchor\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStrong metal construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorrosion-resistant zinc-plated finish\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExpanding sleeve provides a secure hold\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHexagonal head for easy tightening\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for heavy-duty fixing applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for solid masonry surfaces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBenefits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCreates a strong and reliable fixing point\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps prevent movement after installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEasy to install using standard tools\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for indoor and sheltered outdoor applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for professional and DIY projects\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 × M8 Expansion Anchor Bolt\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMark the required mounting position.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDrill a hole that matches the anchor diameter and depth.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemove dust and debris from the drilled hole.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInsert the expansion anchor into the hole.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTighten the bolt until the sleeve expands and grips securely.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAvoid overtightening.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for fixing brackets, frames, gates, railings, shelving, equipment, fixtures and other items to concrete, solid brick or masonry.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKeep the anchor clean and dry before installation. Check installed fixings periodically and retighten them when necessary. Replace any anchor showing corrosion, deformation or damage.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type: Expansion Anchor Bolt\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThread Size: M8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaterial: Metal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFinish: Zinc Plated\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eColour: Gold\/Silver Tone\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHead Type: Hexagonal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInstallation Surface: Concrete, solid brick and masonry\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApplication: Construction, mounting and general fixing\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExact Length: Measure the product before publishing\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWear safety glasses and suitable protective equipment when drilling. Confirm that no electrical cables, plumbing or other concealed services are behind the drilling area. Use the correct drill-bit size and ensure the mounting surface can support the intended load.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan this anchor be used in concrete?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes, it is designed for secure installation in concrete and other solid masonry surfaces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan it be used in hollow walls?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo, this type of expansion anchor is intended mainly for solid materials.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt may be used in sheltered outdoor areas. For exposed or highly corrosive environments, stainless-steel anchors are recommended.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow does it work?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTightening the bolt causes the metal sleeve to expand inside the drilled hole, creating a secure grip.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53351092158830,"sku":"020619010","price":7.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/86a64e94-c652-41cf-bd74-f0aab6e587be.png?v=1787839082"},{"product_id":"yiad-polishing-kit-5pc","title":"YiAD 5-Piece Polishing Kit – 6.35mm Shank","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe YiAD 5-Piece Polishing Kit is a practical accessory set designed for polishing, smoothing and finishing different surfaces. Each attachment features a 6.35mm shank for use with compatible drills and rotary tools. The assorted shapes make it easier to work on flat surfaces, curves, edges and recessed areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete 5-piece polishing attachment set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes assorted shapes for different applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for polishing, smoothing and light surface finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6.35mm shanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum operating speed of 20,000 RPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounted attachments allow quick installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for flat, curved and difficult-to-reach areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied in retail blister packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps restore a clean, smooth finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifferent attachment shapes improve versatility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for detailed and general polishing work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to attach to a compatible drill or rotary tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact set for workshops, garages and DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable when properly cleaned and maintained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x Pink cylindrical polishing attachment\u003cbr\u003e1 x White spherical polishing attachment\u003cbr\u003e2 x Grey tapered polishing attachments\u003cbr\u003e1 x Grey cone-shaped polishing attachment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInsert the attachment shank securely into the chuck or collet of a compatible tool. Begin at a low speed and gradually increase it as required without exceeding 20,000 RPM. Apply light, even pressure and keep the attachment moving across the surface. Test on a small, hidden area before completing the entire job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for compatible electric drills, die grinders and rotary tools that accept a 6.35mm shank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended for polishing and light finishing of suitable:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed edges and recessed areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSurface compatibility may vary. Always test before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the attachments to cool after use. Remove loose dust and polishing residue with a soft brush or clean cloth. Store the kit in a dry place away from moisture. Replace any attachment that becomes cracked, heavily worn or damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrand: YiAD\u003cbr\u003eProduct Type: Polishing attachment kit\u003cbr\u003eReference Number: 50799\u003cbr\u003eNumber of Pieces: 5\u003cbr\u003eShank Diameter: 6.35mm\u003cbr\u003eMaximum Speed: 20,000 RPM\u003cbr\u003eAttachment Shapes: Cylindrical, spherical, tapered and cone\u003cbr\u003eColour: Assorted grey, pink and white\u003cbr\u003eApplication: Polishing, smoothing and light finishing\u003cbr\u003ePackaging Type: Blister pack\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear safety glasses, gloves and a suitable dust mask while operating power tools. Ensure the attachment is securely fitted before switching on the tool. Do not exceed the stated maximum speed of 20,000 RPM. Avoid excessive pressure and do not use cracked, loose or damaged attachments. Keep away from children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many attachments are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe package contains five assorted polishing attachments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the shank size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach attachment has a 6.35mm shank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum operating speed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe attachments are rated for a maximum speed of 20,000 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used with a drill?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, provided the drill chuck securely accepts a 6.35mm shank and operates within the recommended speed limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for different surface shapes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The assorted cylindrical, spherical, tapered and cone shapes are designed for flat, curved and recessed areas.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53360662348142,"sku":"8434485507990","price":35.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/b8128593-6190-4e2c-b4e6-f2cec32150ad.png?v=1787662449"},{"product_id":"tubeless-tire-repair-kit","title":"TEKIN Tubeless Tyre Repair Strips – 10 Piece Pack","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe TEKIN Tubeless Tire Repair Kit contains 10 repair strips for repairing suitable punctures in tubeless tyres. The compact blister pack is convenient for storage in garages, workshops and vehicle maintenance kits.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTEKIN Auto Parts product\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for tubeless tyre puncture repair\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eContains 10 repair strips\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompact blister packaging\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for use with compatible tyre-repair tools\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConvenient replacement strips for maintenance kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBenefits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps repair suitable tubeless tyre punctures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProvides 10 strips in one package\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEasy to store with existing tyre-repair equipment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for workshops, garages and vehicle maintenance kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUseful as replacement stock for compatible repair tools\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e10 tubeless tyre repair strips\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInsertion tools, adhesive, lubricant and other accessories are not shown as included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdentify and assess the punctured area.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemove the puncturing object where appropriate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePrepare the puncture using compatible tubeless tyre-repair tools.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFit a repair strip into a compatible insertion tool.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInsert the strip according to the repair tool’s instructions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemove the insertion tool carefully.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCheck the repaired tyre for air leakage.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInflate the tyre to the vehicle manufacturer’s recommended pressure.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible tyre-repair tools are required and are not shown as included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for repairing appropriate punctures in tubeless tyres.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePossible applications include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePassenger-vehicle tyre maintenance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWorkshop tyre repairs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGarage maintenance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRoadside repair kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReplacement strips for compatible tubeless tyre-repair tools\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitability depends on the puncture’s size, location and severity.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStore unused strips in their original packaging.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKeep the product in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProtect it from moisture, excessive heat and direct sunlight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKeep the packaging closed to reduce contamination.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInspect each strip before use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDo not use strips that appear damaged, dried out or contaminated.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBrand: TEKIN Auto Parts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type: Tubeless tyre repair strips\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePackage Description: Tubeless Tire Repair Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity: 10 repair strips\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStrip Colour: Brown\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePackaging Type: Blister pack\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepair Tools Included: No tools shown\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSeparate Adhesive Included: No adhesive shown\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTyre repairs should be completed by a suitably experienced person.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlways use compatible tyre-repair tools.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFollow the repair tool manufacturer’s instructions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDo not repair damage that is unsuitable for a repair strip.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInspect the tyre for additional damage before use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConfirm that the repaired tyre holds the correct pressure.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSeek professional assistance when the tyre’s condition or repair suitability is uncertain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKeep the product out of reach of children.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow many repair strips are included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe package contains 10 brown repair strips.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAre tyre-repair tools included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo repair tools are visible in the supplied packaging. Compatible preparation and insertion tools may be required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIs separate adhesive included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo separate adhesive is shown in the supplied packaging.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat type of tyre is this product intended for?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe packaging identifies the product as a tubeless tyre repair kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan these strips repair every puncture?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo. Suitability depends on the puncture’s size, position and severity.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow should unused strips be stored?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKeep unused strips in their original packaging in a cool, dry place away from excessive heat and direct sunlight.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53380543054190,"sku":"6010883101729","price":17.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/931debf1-4b49-4e5d-b526-e741cf56816b_a251ee79-aa44-41eb-aece-8a6f66e11e58.png?v=1786974727"},{"product_id":"blue-elastic-swivel-castor-wheel","title":"5-Inch Blue Elastic Rubber Swivel Caster Wheel","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe 5-Inch Blue Elastic Rubber Swivel Caster Wheel provides smooth, quiet and reliable movement for trolleys, equipment, workbenches and other mobile applications. Its 360-degree swivel design allows easy directional changes, while the strong metal mounting plate ensures secure installation.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5-inch (approximately 125mm) wheel diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth 360-degree swivel movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable blue elastic rubber tread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong black wheel centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty galvanised steel bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat mounting plate with installation holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet rolling with reduced floor marking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for commercial, workshop and industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes heavy equipment easier to manoeuvre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides smooth and stable movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce noise and vibration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGentle on most indoor floor surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong construction for frequent use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel mechanism improves control in confined spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 × 5-Inch Blue Elastic Rubber Swivel Caster Wheel with Mounting Plate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the mounting plate underneath the trolley, equipment or furniture. Secure it using suitable bolts, washers and nuts through all mounting holes. Check that the caster swivels freely before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlatform trolleys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse carts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile workbenches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture and DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the wheel and swivel bearing free from dirt, string and debris. Regularly check the mounting bolts and tighten them when necessary. Lubricate the swivel mechanism periodically to maintain smooth movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Swivel caster wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel size: 5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximate wheel diameter: 125mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel colour: Blue and black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTread material: Elastic rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket material: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting type: Top plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMovement: 360-degree swivel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrake: No brake visible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel\/item number: XY-016\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 caster wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the caster is securely installed before applying weight. Use appropriate mounting hardware and do not exceed the load capacity specified for your complete caster setup. Distribute weight evenly across all installed wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this caster wheel swivel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it features a 360-degree swivel mechanism for easy manoeuvring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include a brake?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the pictured model is a swivel caster without a brake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the wheel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wheel is 5 inches, approximately 125mm in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on a trolley?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is suitable for trolleys, carts, workbenches and various mobile equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting bolts included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMounting hardware is not shown and should be purchased separately if required.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53460229423470,"sku":"6009540700160","price":106.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/06706cba-259e-4c25-a762-25a5e7ac6b54.png?v=1787581820"},{"product_id":"double-wheel-sliding-gate-roller","title":"80mm Double Gate Roller Wheel with Steel Bracket","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe 80mm Double Gate Roller Wheel is a strong and reliable support system designed for sliding gates and other heavy-duty track applications. Its twin-wheel construction distributes the load evenly, helping gates move smoothly and steadily along the track.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo 80mm metal roller wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty steel mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth rolling performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong load-supporting design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-drilled mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable silver-coloured finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes sliding gates easier to open and close\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwin wheels provide improved balance and stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps distribute heavy loads more evenly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces uneven movement and gate strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction for long-term use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient base plate allows secure installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 80mm Double Gate Roller Wheel Assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the roller assembly beneath the sliding gate or moving structure. Align the wheels with the correct track and securely fasten the mounting bracket using suitable bolts or welding, depending on the installation requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveway gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrack-guided panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom steel fabrication projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the wheels and track free from dirt, stones and other debris. Inspect the mounting points regularly and apply suitable lubricant to the moving components when necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Double gate roller wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel diameter: 80mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of wheels: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal and steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting type: Base-mounted bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Sliding gate and track systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the roller assembly is installed by a competent person. Confirm that all mounting points are secure before operating the gate. Do not exceed the load capacity recommended for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable for a sliding gate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is designed to support sliding gates and similar track-guided structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include two wheels?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the assembly has two 80mm roller wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the bracket be welded in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, depending on the gate design, it may be bolted or professionally welded into position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, but regular maintenance is recommended to protect the metal components and ensure smooth operation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53460266221934,"sku":"6009541170122","price":229.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/80c65542-602a-4765-8e06-a94d8fb1d55f.png?v=1787581287"},{"product_id":"blue-elastic-rubber-castor-wheel","title":"3-Inch Blue Elastic Fixed Caster Wheel – Plate Mount","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe 3-Inch Blue Elastic Fixed Caster Wheel is designed to provide smooth, quiet and stable movement for trolleys, carts, workbenches and other mobile equipment. Its fixed mounting design keeps the wheel moving in a straight direction, while the durable blue elastic wheel helps protect floors and reduce operating noise.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-inch wheel diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong fixed steel mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable blue elastic wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth and quiet rolling performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlate mounting with four fixing holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce vibration during movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and light industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-marking design suitable for many floor surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides stable, straight-line movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps protect floors from scratches and marks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces noise compared with hard plastic or metal wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong construction supports frequent everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install on suitable flat surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing damaged or worn caster wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 3-Inch Blue Elastic Fixed Caster Wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the mounting plate against a strong, flat surface. Mark the four mounting holes and secure the caster using suitable bolts, nuts or screws. Tighten all fasteners firmly before placing equipment into service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlatform trolleys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUtility carts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkbenches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight industrial applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the wheel and axle free from dirt, thread and other debris. Inspect the mounting bolts regularly and tighten them when necessary. Avoid exceeding the recommended load capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Fixed caster wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel diameter: 3 inches \/ approximately 75 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel colour: Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket material: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel material: Elastic rubber or polyurethane-type material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting type: Four-hole plate mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirection: Fixed, non-swivel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrake: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 caster wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarcode: 6009540700115\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall the caster securely before use. Use appropriate mounting hardware for the equipment and surface. Distribute the load evenly across all fitted wheels and avoid using the caster on severely uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this caster swivel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This is a fixed caster designed for straight-line movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include a brake?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, this model does not have a brake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for trolleys?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is suitable for compatible trolleys, carts and mobile equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow large is the wheel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wheel diameter is approximately 3 inches or 75 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53460285489518,"sku":"6009540700115","price":65.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/92dbff85-1905-4839-86a3-f0cb7c71719c.png?v=1787580996"},{"product_id":"vestil-flat-free-rigid-caster","title":"4-Inch Fixed Heavy-Duty Caster Wheel with Mounting Plate","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis 4-inch fixed caster wheel provides reliable, straight-line movement for trolleys, carts, workbenches and industrial equipment. It features a durable wheel, strong metal bracket and flat mounting plate for secure installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-inch wheel diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed, non-swivel design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong metal mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat plate with mounting holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable wheel for regular use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth and stable rolling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports controlled straight-line movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes heavy equipment easier to transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong construction for dependable performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install using suitable bolts or screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing damaged or worn caster wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 4-Inch Fixed Caster Wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the caster’s mounting plate against a strong, level surface. Mark the mounting holes and secure the wheel using suitable bolts, nuts or heavy-duty screws. Tighten all fasteners before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlatform trolleys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial-handling carts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkbenches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile machinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the wheel and axle free from dirt and debris. Check the mounting bolts regularly and tighten them when necessary. Lubricate the axle or bearing periodically to maintain smooth movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Fixed caster wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel diameter: 4 inches \/ approximately 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting type: Top plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMovement: Fixed straight-line movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket material: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel colour: Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 caster wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: Dependent on installation surface and operating conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall the caster on a strong surface using correctly sized fasteners. Do not exceed the recommended load capacity. Inspect the wheel, axle and bracket before use and replace the caster if damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this caster wheel swivel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a fixed caster designed for straight-line movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include a brake?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This model does not have a brake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow large is the wheel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wheel has a diameter of approximately 4 inches or 100 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on a trolley?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is suitable for compatible trolleys, carts and other mobile equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting bolts included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMounting bolts are not included unless specified separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53460288569710,"sku":"6954654664610","price":108.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/f487fd3a-b105-4133-b40a-ed298b9f3a43.png?v=1787580602"},{"product_id":"white-nylon-fixed-plate-castor-wheel","title":"5-Inch Fixed Nylon Caster Wheel | Heavy-Duty Trolley Wheel","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"LT6XE\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pOOWX f5cPye\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"WaaZC\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"RJPOee EIJn2\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThis 5-inch fixed caster wheel is designed to provide smooth, straight-line movement for trolleys, equipment, workbenches and other load-bearing applications. It features a durable nylon wheel and a strong zinc-plated steel mounting bracket for reliable everyday use.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge 5-inch (approximately 125mm) wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable cream-coloured nylon construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed bracket for controlled straight-line movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong zinc-plated steel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat mounting plate with bolt holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHard-wearing and easy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps move heavy equipment more easily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNylon wheel rolls smoothly on firm, level surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed design improves directional stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistant to moisture, oils and many common chemicals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong construction provides dependable support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for replacing worn or damaged caster wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 × 5-Inch Fixed Nylon Caster Wheel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the mounting plate underneath the trolley, equipment or furniture base. Secure it firmly using correctly sized bolts, washers and nuts. Check that all fasteners are tight before applying a load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse and platform trolleys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial carts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkbenches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachinery and equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop and factory applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the wheel regularly to remove dirt and debris. Inspect the mounting bolts, bracket and wheel axle periodically. Tighten loose fasteners and replace the caster if it becomes cracked, bent or excessively worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Fixed caster wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel size: 5 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximate wheel diameter: 125mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel material: Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel colour: Cream \/ off-white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket material: Zinc-plated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting type: Flat plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMovement: Fixed, non-swivel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrake: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarcode: 6009540700085\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 caster wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall the caster securely before use. Use suitable mounting hardware and do not exceed the recommended load capacity of the caster or equipment. Avoid using it on severely uneven surfaces or where a swivel wheel is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this caster swivel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a fixed caster designed for straight-line movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a brake?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, this model does not include a brake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the wheel made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wheel is manufactured from durable nylon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs mounting hardware included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Bolts, washers and nuts should be purchased separately according to the mounting surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on a trolley?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is suitable for many trolleys, carts, workbenches and mobile equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"kLMmLc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Clk5Ib\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"IGvtd\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TRXNOc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"BOThhc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ifiyWc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"folsrch-sources-1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53460292665710,"sku":"6009540700085","price":73.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/aa93891d-90dc-43fc-85bc-f48b33d5af87.png?v=1787580159"},{"product_id":"blue-elastic-rubber-fixed-plate-castor-wheel-6-inches","title":"6-Inch Heavy-Duty Blue Elastic Rubber Fixed Caster Wheel","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThis 6-inch heavy-duty fixed caster wheel provides smooth, stable and reliable movement for trolleys, carts, workbenches and mobile equipment. It features a durable blue elastic rubber wheel and a strong zinc-plated steel bracket with a flat mounting plate.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge 6-inch wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable blue elastic rubber tread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed design for straight-line movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong zinc-plated steel bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat plate for secure mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth and quiet rolling performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce vibration and floor marking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for frequent commercial and industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes heavy equipment easier to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides stable forward and backward movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElastic rubber helps absorb shocks and vibrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps protect tiled, concrete and other hard floors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge wheel rolls more easily over uneven surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong mounting bracket provides dependable support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing worn or damaged caster wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 × 6-Inch Blue Elastic Rubber Fixed Caster Wheel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the mounting plate against a strong, flat surface. Mark the mounting holes and secure the caster with suitable bolts, washers and nuts. Tighten all fasteners firmly before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor easier steering, pair fixed casters with compatible 6-inch swivel casters of the same load rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlatform trolleys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse carts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile workbenches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop machinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the wheel and bracket regularly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove dirt, thread and debris from the wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the wheel axle clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetighten loose mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the caster if damaged or excessively worn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the caster away from harsh chemicals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct type: Fixed caster wheel\u003cbr\u003eWheel diameter: 6 inches (approximately 150 mm)\u003cbr\u003eWheel material: Elastic rubber\u003cbr\u003eWheel colour: Blue\u003cbr\u003eWheel core colour: Black\u003cbr\u003eBracket material: Metal\u003cbr\u003eBracket finish: Zinc-plated\u003cbr\u003eMounting type: Flat mounting plate\u003cbr\u003eMovement: Fixed direction\u003cbr\u003eBarcode: 6009540700238\u003cbr\u003eQuantity: 1 wheel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure the caster to a strong mounting surface using suitable fasteners. Do not exceed the manufacturer’s recommended load capacity. Distribute weight evenly across all installed wheels and inspect the caster before carrying heavy loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this caster swivel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a fixed caster designed for straight-line movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the wheel size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wheel measures 6 inches, approximately 150 mm, in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for heavy trolleys?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, provided that the combined caster load rating is suitable for the trolley and its contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it mark the floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe elastic rubber tread is designed to reduce noise, vibration and floor marking compared with hard wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting bolts included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Select mounting hardware appropriate for the equipment and mounting surface.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53460299186542,"sku":"6009540700238","price":229.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/db2f08f2-1b41-4a67-aebf-c778a909bda6.png?v=1787579591"},{"product_id":"80mm-v-groove-sliding-gate-wheel","title":"80mm Heavy-Duty Steel Gate Pulley Wheel with Bracket","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThis 80mm heavy-duty steel pulley wheel is designed to guide cables, ropes or sliding gate systems smoothly and reliably. Its strong metal wheel and sturdy mounting bracket make it suitable for gates, workshops, garages and general mechanical applications.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80mm steel pulley wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong metal mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrooved wheel helps guide rope or cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable corrosion-resistant plated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth rotating mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for heavy-duty everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePromotes smooth and controlled movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps prevent cables and ropes from slipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong construction provides dependable support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces friction and wear during operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to incorporate into gate and pulley systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for repairs, replacements and new installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 80mm steel pulley wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Integrated metal mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the pulley bracket on a strong, level mounting surface. Secure it using suitable fasteners for the installation area. Place the compatible cable or rope inside the wheel groove and check that the pulley rotates freely before applying a load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding gate systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarage and workshop installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRope-guiding mechanisms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable-routing systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY mechanical projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAgricultural and industrial applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the wheel groove free from dirt and debris. Inspect the bracket, axle and mounting points regularly. Apply a suitable lubricant to the rotating section when necessary. Replace the pulley if it becomes cracked, bent or excessively worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Pulley wheel with bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel diameter: 80mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Corrosion-resistant plated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel design: Grooved\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting type: Fixed bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Gold-toned metallic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarcode: 6009541170078\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEstimated product weight: Approximately 600–900g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Gate, cable and rope-guiding systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the pulley is securely mounted before use. Select fasteners appropriate for the surface and expected load. Do not exceed the pulley’s rated capacity. Keep hands and loose clothing away from the moving wheel and cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the wheel diameter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pulley wheel measures 80mm in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for a sliding gate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is suitable for compatible sliding gate and cable-guiding systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mounting bracket included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the steel mounting bracket is integrated with the pulley.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be installed outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, although regular inspection and maintenance are recommended to extend its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include mounting bolts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, mounting bolts are not shown and should be selected according to the installation surface.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53460346863982,"sku":"6009541170078","price":99.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/303f5e9e-31a4-46de-92b7-4e158e378101.png?v=1787578891"},{"product_id":"v-groove-sliding-gate-roller-wheel","title":"60mm Heavy-Duty Steel Gate Pulley with Bracket","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe 60mm Heavy-Duty Steel Gate Pulley is designed to guide cables, ropes or wire systems smoothly and reliably. Its durable metal wheel and reinforced mounting bracket make it suitable for sliding gates, lifting mechanisms, workshop projects and other general-purpose applications.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60mm pulley wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong all-metal construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable corrosion-resistant plated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrooved wheel helps guide rope, cable or wire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced fixed mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth rotating wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and easy to install\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce friction and cable wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports smooth, controlled movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong construction provides dependable performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket keeps the pulley securely positioned\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for repairs, replacements and new installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for residential, commercial and workshop projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 60mm Steel Pulley Wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Attached Metal Mounting Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect a secure mounting position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasten the bracket to a suitable surface using compatible hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the rope, wire or cable inside the pulley groove.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the wheel turns freely before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the complete installation with a light load before normal operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding gate systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarage and workshop projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRope and cable guiding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight lifting mechanisms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY pulley systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement and repair applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral mechanical installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the pulley groove clean and free from debris.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the bracket and axle regularly for wear or looseness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a suitable lubricant to the moving point when necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten all mounting hardware periodically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect the pulley from prolonged exposure to harsh chemicals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Type: Fixed pulley with mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePulley Diameter: 60mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Corrosion-resistant plated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Type: Fixed bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Gold-toned metallic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarcode: 6009541170054\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItem Number: A11-7005\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the bracket is securely mounted before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed the recommended capacity of the complete installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe safe load depends on the mounting surface, fasteners and cable used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep fingers, clothing and loose objects away from the moving wheel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the pulley before every heavy-duty application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use a damaged, bent or heavily worn pulley.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the diameter of the pulley wheel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pulley wheel has a diameter of approximately 60mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include the mounting bracket?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the pulley comes fitted inside a fixed metal mounting bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for sliding gates?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is suitable for compatible sliding gate cable and pulley systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs mounting hardware included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, installation fasteners should be selected according to the mounting surface and application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the plated metal finish provides added protection, but regular inspection and maintenance are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53460396671342,"sku":"6009541170054","price":59.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/a610e858-cff6-46a0-a9fd-5c6bc6c42840.png?v=1787577466"},{"product_id":"v-groove-sliding-gate-roller-70mm","title":"70mm Heavy-Duty Gate Pulley Wheel with Steel Bracket","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThe 70mm Heavy-Duty Gate Pulley Wheel is designed to guide and support cables or ropes in sliding gate systems and other mechanical applications. Its grooved metal wheel and strong steel mounting bracket provide smooth, stable movement and dependable everyday performance.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e70mm grooved pulley wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong fixed mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant zinc-plated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral axle allows smooth wheel rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and easy to install\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps gates and cable systems operate smoothly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuides rope or cable and helps prevent slipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction withstands regular use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces friction and unnecessary cable wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides secure and stable support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for repairs, replacements and new installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 70mm gate pulley wheel with steel bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the pulley where the rope or cable requires guidance. Secure the steel bracket firmly to a suitable structure using compatible fasteners. Feed the cable or rope through the wheel groove and check that the wheel rotates freely before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding gate systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarage and workshop mechanisms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRope-guiding systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable-routing applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY mechanical projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAgricultural and industrial installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the cable thickness, mounting space and required working load before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the wheel groove free from dirt and debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the axle and bracket regularly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten loose mounting hardware when necessary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply suitable lubricant to the moving axle if required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the pulley if it becomes cracked, bent or excessively worn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Gate pulley wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePulley diameter: 70mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal and steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Zinc-plated, gold-toned finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel design: Grooved\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket type: Fixed steel bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Gold and silver metallic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Surface-mounted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarcode: 6009541170061\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the pulley is firmly installed before applying tension. Do not exceed the load capacity recommended for the mounting surface or cable system. Keep hands and loose clothing away from the moving wheel. This product is not intended for lifting or supporting people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the pulley-wheel diameter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wheel measures approximately 70mm in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on a sliding gate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is suitable for compatible sliding-gate cable and guiding systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The plated metal finish offers corrosion resistance, although regular maintenance is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include mounting hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The package contains the pulley and bracket only unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for lifting people?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It must never be used for lifting, suspending or supporting people.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53460400931182,"sku":"6009541170061","price":79.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/faff9808-fea2-4198-84ca-e0d1d024910a.png?v=1787576389"},{"product_id":"90mm-v-groove-heavy-duty-sliding-gate-wheel","title":"90mm Heavy-Duty Sliding Gate Pulley Wheel with Bracket","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThis heavy-duty 90mm pulley wheel is designed to support and guide sliding gates, doors and other track-based systems. It features a strong grooved metal wheel housed in a sturdy mounting bracket for smooth movement and reliable performance.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e90mm grooved pulley wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty metal construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong integrated mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant zinc-plated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth and stable rolling movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for demanding, regular use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps sliding gates and doors move smoothly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrooved design improves alignment on a compatible track\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong construction supports heavy-duty applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated finish provides added protection against corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for repairs, replacements and new installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated bracket allows secure installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 90mm pulley wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Integrated metal mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the pulley on a compatible gate or door track. Align the bracket correctly and secure it using the appropriate installation method. Confirm that the wheel rotates freely and remains properly aligned before operating the gate or door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrack-guided systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResidential and commercial gate installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop and agricultural projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGate repairs and replacement applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the wheel and track clean and free from debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the bracket and mounting points regularly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLubricate the axle when necessary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the wheel regularly for wear or damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace damaged or excessively worn components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct type: Pulley wheel with mounting bracket\u003cbr\u003eWheel diameter: 90mm\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Metal\u003cbr\u003eFinish: Zinc-plated\u003cbr\u003eWheel design: Grooved\u003cbr\u003eMounting type: Integrated bracket\u003cbr\u003eColour: Gold metallic\u003cbr\u003eQuantity: 1 unit\u003cbr\u003eBarcode: 6009541170085\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the pulley is securely installed and correctly aligned before use. Wear suitable protective equipment during installation or welding. Do not exceed the recommended capacity of the complete gate and track system. Professional installation is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the wheel diameter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pulley wheel has a diameter of 90mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for sliding gates?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is suitable for compatible sliding gates and other track-guided systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bracket included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the pulley comes fitted inside its metal mounting bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The zinc-plated finish offers added protection against corrosion, but regular maintenance is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include installation hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, mounting hardware and welding materials are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53468227830126,"sku":"6009541170085","price":139.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/8efd070f-09ba-4799-97cb-c94c29671fdf.png?v=1787575787"},{"product_id":"braked-swivel-castor-wheel-3-inches","title":"3-Inch Swivel Caster Wheel with Brake – Blue","description":"\u003cul class=\"KsbFXc U6u95\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImprove the mobility of your equipment with this durable 3-inch swivel caster wheel. Featuring a smooth-rolling blue wheel, 360° swivel mechanism and foot-operated brake, it provides reliable movement and secure positioning for trolleys, furniture, workbenches and other mobile equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-inch wheel diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth 360° swivel rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoot-operated locking brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong metal mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable blue wheel with black centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat mounting plate with fixing holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth and quiet rolling performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and general-purpose use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes heavy equipment easier to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrake helps prevent unwanted movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel design allows easy directional control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtects floors from excessive scratching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong construction offers dependable everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install and replace\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 3-Inch Swivel Caster Wheel with Brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the mounting plate underneath the equipment or furniture. Secure it firmly using suitable bolts or screws through all mounting holes. Press the brake lever down to lock the wheel and lift it to release.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrolleys and carts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile workbenches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY mobility projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the wheel and swivel bearing free from dirt, string and debris. Check the mounting fasteners regularly and tighten them when necessary. Lightly lubricate the swivel mechanism periodically for smooth operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Swivel caster wheel with brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel diameter: 3 inches \/ approximately 75 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel colour: Blue and black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket material: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting type: Flat mounting plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMovement: 360° swivel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrake: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 caster wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarcode: 6009540700122\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the caster is securely installed before use. Use appropriate mounting hardware and do not exceed the equipment manufacturer’s recommended load capacity. Engage the brake when the equipment must remain stationary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this caster wheel swivel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it rotates through 360° for easy manoeuvring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include a brake?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it has a foot-operated brake for securing the wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the wheel size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wheel has a diameter of approximately 3 inches or 75 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on furniture?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is suitable for compatible furniture, trolleys, workbenches and other mobile equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting screws included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Select suitable screws or bolts according to the mounting surface and intended load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"uJ19be notranslate\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"vKEkVd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53468362867054,"sku":"6009540700122","price":89.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/80b9e033-ea76-4487-896d-4105830f7c0d.png?v=1787574995"},{"product_id":"100mm-sliding-gate-roller-wheel","title":"100mm V-Groove Sliding Gate Wheel with Steel Bracket","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThis heavy-duty 100mm sliding gate wheel is designed to support and guide sliding gates along a compatible V-shaped track. It features a durable steel wheel housed in a sturdy mounting bracket, making it suitable for residential, commercial and industrial gate installations.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100mm diameter wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eV-groove design for compatible gate tracks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant plated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth rolling action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for new installations and replacement applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps gates open and close smoothly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports stable gate movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong construction for dependable everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket simplifies welding or mounting to the gate frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for outdoor gate systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 100mm V-groove gate wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Integrated steel mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecurely weld or mount the bracket to the underside of the sliding gate. Position the wheel correctly over a compatible V-shaped gate track and confirm that the gate moves smoothly before regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResidential sliding gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial entrance gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial sliding gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveway gate systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGate repairs and replacement projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the wheel and track free from stones, dirt and other debris. Inspect the bracket, axle and track regularly for wear or damage. Apply suitable lubrication to the moving components when necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Sliding gate wheel with bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel diameter: 100mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGroove type: V-groove\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Zinc-plated metallic finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting type: Weld-on or fixed bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Gold-toned metallic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation should be completed by a suitably skilled person. Ensure the bracket is securely attached and the wheel is correctly aligned before operating the gate. Do not exceed the load capacity recommended for the complete gate system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this wheel suitable for a sliding driveway gate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it is designed for sliding gates that operate on a compatible V-shaped track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include the mounting bracket?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the wheel is supplied inside an integrated steel bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the wheel diameter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wheel has a diameter of 100mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include a gate track?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the gate track is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53468504326510,"sku":"6009541170160","price":153.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/eda6ea9d-531e-4ccf-8c16-0c5b2248beb2.png?v=1787574269"},{"product_id":"nylon-fixed-plate-castor-wheel-3-inch","title":"3-Inch Fixed Nylon Caster Wheel with Metal Bracket","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis 3-inch fixed caster wheel is designed to provide smooth, reliable movement for trolleys, furniture, equipment and DIY projects. It features a durable white nylon wheel and a strong metal mounting bracket for secure installation. The fixed design allows straight-line movement and improved stability.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e3-inch nylon caster wheel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFixed, non-swivel design\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStrong metal mounting bracket\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFour-hole mounting plate\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSmooth rolling performance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDurable and wear-resistant construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for indoor and light-duty commercial use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEasy to install\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBenefits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMakes heavy items easier to move\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProvides stable straight-line movement\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNylon wheel is easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStrong bracket offers dependable support\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for replacing damaged or worn caster wheels\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUseful for new furniture, trolley and equipment projects\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 × 3-Inch Fixed Nylon Caster Wheel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePosition the mounting plate on a flat, strong surface. Mark the four mounting holes and secure the caster using suitable bolts, screws and washers. Tighten all fasteners firmly before placing weight on the wheel.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUtility trolleys\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTool carts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStorage racks\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWorkbenches\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFurniture\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDisplay stands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEquipment bases\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDIY mobility projects\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClean the wheel regularly to remove dust, hair and debris. Check the axle and mounting fasteners periodically and tighten them when necessary. Avoid prolonged exposure to water, harsh chemicals and excessive loads.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct type: Fixed caster wheel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel diameter: 3 inches (approximately 76 mm)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel colour: White\/Cream\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel material: Nylon\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBracket material: Metal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMounting type: Four-hole plate mount\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMovement: Fixed straight-line movement\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSwivel function: No\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBrake included: No\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity: 1 wheel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFasteners included: No\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConfirm that the mounting surface and fasteners can safely support the intended load. Do not exceed the wheel’s rated capacity. Ensure the caster is securely installed before use. Inspect regularly for wear, cracks or loose components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDoes this caster swivel?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo. This is a fixed caster designed to move forwards and backwards in a straight line.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat size is the wheel?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wheel has a diameter of approximately 3 inches or 76 mm.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAre mounting screws included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo. Mounting screws or bolts should be selected according to the installation surface.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan it be used on a trolley?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. It is suitable for compatible trolleys, carts and equipment bases.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow many wheels are included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe package contains one fixed caster wheel.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53468633760110,"sku":"1389400433021","price":53.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/9452e5b5-8f81-42ca-b8d0-982e5f6e5b28.png?v=1787569059"},{"product_id":"white-nylon-fixed-caster-wheel-4-inch","title":"4-Inch Fixed Nylon Caster Wheel with Metal Bracket","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMove furniture, trolleys and equipment more easily with this durable 4-inch fixed nylon caster wheel. It features a strong metal bracket and a fixed design that provides stable, straight-line movement. It is suitable for replacements, repairs and various DIY applications.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-inch nylon wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed, non-swivel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong metal mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour-hole mounting plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-rolling wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable and practical design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for light- to medium-duty applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes heavy objects easier to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides stable, straight-line movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce lifting and dragging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable nylon wheel supports regular use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure mounting plate provides reliable installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing damaged or worn caster wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for home, commercial and workshop use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 4-Inch fixed nylon caster wheel with mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the mounting plate against a strong, flat surface. Mark the four mounting holes and secure the caster using suitable screws or bolts. Tighten all fasteners properly and test the wheel before placing the full load on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrolleys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUtility carts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkbenches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove dirt, hair and thread from the wheel regularly. Check the mounting screws or bolts periodically and tighten them when necessary. Keep the metal bracket dry to help prevent corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Fixed caster wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel diameter: 4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximate wheel diameter: 10.2 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel material: Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel colour: White\/Cream\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket material: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting type: Four-hole plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMovement direction: Straight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel function: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrake included: No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarcode: 6009540700054\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItem number: JY07005\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum load capacity: Not confirmed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall the caster securely before use. Make sure the mounting surface is strong enough to support the intended load. Do not exceed the recommended load capacity. When using multiple caster wheels, distribute the weight evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the caster wheel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wheel has a diameter of 4 inches, approximately 10.2 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this caster wheel swivel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a fixed caster designed for straight-line movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a brake?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, this caster wheel does not include a brake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on furniture?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it can be used on suitable furniture, cabinets, carts and other equipment with a strong mounting surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting screws included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMounting screws are not shown. Select suitable screws or bolts according to the mounting surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many caster wheels are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe package contains one fixed caster wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53468761194862,"sku":"6009540700054","price":56.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/2fadb2ed-a5b3-4d7f-a035-7cad02889486.png?v=1787568315"},{"product_id":"4-piece-set-of-1-5-swivel-caster-wheels","title":"2MY 1.5-Inch Swivel Caster Wheels – 4-Piece Set","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMake furniture and storage units easier to move with this practical set of 2MY 1.5-inch swivel caster wheels. Each wheel features a mounting plate for secure installation and smooth multidirectional movement. Ideal for light-duty household, office and DIY applications.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of four caster wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact 1.5-inch wheel size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360-degree swivel movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable black wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong metal mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-drilled mounting holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for various DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact, practical design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes furniture and equipment easier to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows smooth movement in different directions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce the effort required when repositioning items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient for repairing or upgrading existing furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for home, office, workshop and retail use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour-piece pack provides a complete set for one item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4 × 1.5-Inch Swivel Caster Wheels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition one caster wheel underneath each corner of the item. Mark the mounting-hole locations, drill suitable pilot holes if required, and secure each mounting plate using compatible screws. Check that all four wheels are firmly attached before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage boxes and trolleys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelving units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY movable platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways confirm that the mounting surface and total load are suitable before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove dust and debris from the wheels regularly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck mounting screws periodically and tighten when necessary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the swivel mechanisms clean for smooth movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged exposure to moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace any damaged or excessively worn wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrand: 2MY\u003cbr\u003eProduct Type: Swivel caster wheels\u003cbr\u003eWheel Size: 1.5 inches\u003cbr\u003eQuantity: 4 pieces\u003cbr\u003eWheel Colour: Black\u003cbr\u003eBracket Colour: Silver\u003cbr\u003eBracket Material: Metal\u003cbr\u003eMounting Type: Plate-mounted\u003cbr\u003eMovement: 360-degree swivel\u003cbr\u003eApplication: Light-duty furniture, storage and DIY use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not exceed the recommended load capacity of the wheels or the item being fitted. Install all wheels securely on a strong, level surface. These casters do not appear to include brakes, so avoid using them on sloped or uneven floors. Keep fingers clear of the wheels while moving loaded items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many wheels are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe package contains four caster wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach wheel measures approximately 1.5 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the wheels rotate in different directions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the swivel design allows multidirectional movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting screws included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMounting screws are not visibly included in the package and may need to be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these suitable for heavy machinery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, they are best suited to light-duty furniture, storage and DIY applications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53468836561262,"sku":"6053662313739","price":35.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/911d9803-d51c-43a7-9163-62e41753fb28.png?v=1787567842"},{"product_id":"4-piece-pack-of-1-25-caster-wheels","title":"GMY 1.25-Inch Swivel Caster Wheels – 4-Piece Set","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMake furniture and small equipment easier to move with the GMY 1.25-Inch Swivel Caster Wheels. This practical four-piece set features rotating wheels with metal mounting plates, making it suitable for light-duty furniture, storage units, trolleys and DIY projects.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of four caster wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact 1.25-inch wheel size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360-degree swivel movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong metal mounting plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-rolling black wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-drilled mounting holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and easy to install\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for light-duty applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes furniture and equipment easier to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows smooth changes in direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce the effort needed to reposition items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for repairs, replacements and DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design fits beneath smaller items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour-piece pack provides a complete wheel set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4 × 1.25-Inch Swivel Caster Wheels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition each caster wheel underneath the item and mark the mounting holes. Secure the mounting plates using suitable screws or bolts. Check that every wheel is firmly attached before placing the item upright and using it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight trolleys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelving units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement wheel applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the wheels clean and remove any trapped hair, dust or debris. Periodically inspect the mounting screws and tighten them when necessary. Avoid exposure to excessive moisture and do not exceed the recommended load for the furniture or equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct Type: Swivel caster wheels\u003cbr\u003eBrand: GMY\u003cbr\u003eWheel Size: 1.25 inches\u003cbr\u003eQuantity: 4 pieces\u003cbr\u003eWheel Colour: Black\u003cbr\u003eMounting Type: Plate mount\u003cbr\u003eMovement: 360-degree swivel\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Metal mounting hardware with plastic wheels\u003cbr\u003eApplication: Light-duty indoor use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure all four wheels are securely installed before use. Mount the wheels on a stable, suitable surface using the correct fasteners. Do not use them for carrying people or for heavy-duty applications. Keep fingers clear of the wheels while moving the item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many wheels are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe package contains four caster wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the wheels swivel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the caster assemblies are designed to rotate for easier movement in different directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting screws included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMounting screws are not visibly included in the packaging and may need to be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these wheels be used on furniture?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they are suitable for lightweight furniture, cabinets, storage units and similar projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach wheel measures approximately 1.25 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53468884533614,"sku":"6053662313722","price":26.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/90553899-63ad-4a60-ae3b-c0801435c008.png?v=1787567442"},{"product_id":"shind-swivel-castor-wheels-2pc","title":"SHIND 50mm Swivel Castor Wheels – 2 Piece Set","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMake furniture and equipment easier to move with the SHIND 50mm Swivel Castor Wheel Set. These compact wheels provide smooth multidirectional movement and are suitable for replacing worn wheels or adding mobility to compatible furniture, trolleys and DIY projects.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 2 castor wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50mm wheel diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360-degree swivel movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreaded stem mounting design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable metal mounting components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-rolling wheel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and practical design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum stated load: 50kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes heavy items easier to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows convenient movement in different directions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps replace damaged or worn castor wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for household, workshop and commercial applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreaded stems offer secure installation on compatible items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact wheels do not add unnecessary bulk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 × SHIND 50mm Swivel Castor Wheels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the threaded stems fit the intended mounting points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the existing wheels if applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert and tighten each castor securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that both wheels rotate and swivel freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the installation with a light load before normal use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for compatible:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall trolleys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY mobility projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinets and movable shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean dust and debris from the wheels regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the threaded stems and fasteners periodically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid exceeding the stated load capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the swivel mechanism dry and lightly lubricated when necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace any wheel that becomes cracked, loose or damaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrand: SHIND\u003cbr\u003eProduct Type: Swivel castor wheels\u003cbr\u003eQuantity: 2 pieces\u003cbr\u003eWheel Diameter: Approximately 50mm\u003cbr\u003eApproximate Overall Height: 65mm\u003cbr\u003eMounting Type: Threaded stem\u003cbr\u003eMovement: 360-degree swivel\u003cbr\u003eColour: White and silver\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Plastic wheel with metal mounting components\u003cbr\u003eMaximum Stated Load: 50kg\u003cbr\u003ePackaging Type: Blister pack\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the castors are securely installed before use. Do not exceed the stated load capacity. Load weight should be distributed evenly across all installed wheels. These castors are not intended for passenger transport or safety-critical applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many wheels are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe package contains 2 castor wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach wheel has an approximate diameter of 50mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the wheels swivel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they are designed to swivel for multidirectional movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow are they installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey use threaded mounting stems and must be fitted to compatible mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they be used on furniture?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, provided the furniture has compatible mounting points and remains within the appropriate load limit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53468977889646,"sku":"6941474303409","price":60.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/b1d698a8-3e06-487d-90a8-952252e77280.png?v=1787566230"},{"product_id":"twin-wheel-swivel-casters","title":"Tokoma 50mm Swivel Furniture Wheels – 4 Piece Set","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMove furniture and equipment more easily with the Tokoma 50mm Swivel Furniture Wheels. This convenient four-piece set features smooth-rolling wheels with swivel mounting plates, making it suitable for furniture, cabinets, trolleys and other light-duty applications.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour 50mm swivel wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth multidirectional movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong metal mounting plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable black wheel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and practical design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for replacing worn or damaged wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to attach using suitable mounting screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes furniture and equipment easier to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel action allows convenient changes of direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce the need to lift heavy items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for various home, office and workshop projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour-piece pack provides a complete set for one item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact wheels maintain a neat appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × Tokoma 50mm swivel wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition one wheel at each required mounting point. Mark the screw holes and secure each mounting plate using screws suitable for the surface and expected load. Check that all wheels are securely installed before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for use with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinets and drawers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight-duty trolleys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY furniture projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice or workshop equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove dust, hair and debris from the wheels regularly. Check the mounting screws periodically and tighten them when necessary. Keep the swivel mechanism clean to maintain smooth movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Tokoma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Swivel furniture wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel diameter: 50mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting type: Plate-mounted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMovement: Swivel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 4 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary materials: Plastic wheels with metal mounting components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarcode: 6002148827246\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the wheels are securely mounted before placing an item into use. Do not exceed the recommended load capacity. Use appropriate screws and fittings for the mounting surface. Not intended for high-speed, passenger-carrying or heavy industrial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these wheels swivel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the wheels feature swivel mechanisms for multidirectional movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many wheels are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe package contains four wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the wheel size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach wheel has a diameter of approximately 50mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting screws included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMounting screws are not clearly shown in the packaging and should be purchased separately if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they be used on furniture?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they are suitable for compatible furniture, cabinets, storage units and other light-duty items.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53469107716462,"sku":"6002148827246","price":68.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/32a02647-610e-4552-aaab-eaafeb6086c3.png?v=1787565671"},{"product_id":"40mm-swivel-furniture-castors","title":"40mm Swivel Furniture Castor Wheels – 4 Piece Set","description":"\u003cp\u003eMake furniture and equipment easier to move with this practical set of four 40mm swivel castor wheels. Their smooth rotating design allows convenient movement in different directions, making them suitable for lightweight furniture, office chairs, printer stands and entertainment units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of four castor wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40mm wheel diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth swivel movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable black wheel design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and easy to install\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum stated load: 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes furniture easier to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows flexible multidirectional movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps simplify cleaning and rearranging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design does not add excessive height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for replacing worn or damaged castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient four-piece pack for one item of furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4 × 40mm swivel castor wheels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition each castor bracket underneath the furniture or equipment. Mark the mounting holes, then secure each castor using suitable screws or fasteners. Check that all four castors are firmly attached before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for lightweight:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady-to-assemble furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice chairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrinter stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEntertainment centres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor furniture projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the wheels clean and remove trapped dust, hair or debris regularly. Check the mounting screws periodically and tighten them when necessary. Avoid prolonged exposure to water or excessive moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Swivel castor wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel diameter: 40mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 4 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket material: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended environment: Indoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum stated load: 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation required: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarcode: 6002148827239\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not exceed the stated maximum load. Ensure all castors are securely installed before placing weight on them. Use only on stable furniture and suitable indoor surfaces. Mounting screws may need to be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting screws included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe visible package contains the four castor assemblies. Suitable mounting screws may need to be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the wheels swivel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the castors are designed to rotate for easier multidirectional movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these castors be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are primarily recommended for indoor furniture and equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many wheels are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe package contains four 40mm castor wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe packaging states a maximum load of 20kg. Distribute the weight evenly across all four castors.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53469147136366,"sku":"6002148827239","price":52.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/83f41351-1109-45b5-87dc-851e2e94f361_466ccde7-0a76-47e8-a24b-e6598b94cdc1.png?v=1787565233"},{"product_id":"4-piece-set-of-2-inch-swivel-caster-wheels","title":"GMY 2-Inch Swivel Caster Wheels – 4-Piece Set","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMake furniture and equipment easier to move with the GMY 2-Inch Swivel Caster Wheels. This convenient four-piece set features smooth-rolling wheels and swivel mounting plates, making it suitable for trolleys, cabinets, shelves, workbenches and other compatible items.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour 2-inch caster wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360-degree swivel movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-rolling wheel design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong metal mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and practical construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for home, workshop and commercial applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install on compatible flat surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes heavy or bulky items easier to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows smooth movement in different directions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps improve the mobility of furniture and equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact wheels fit neatly underneath compatible items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient four-piece set for balanced installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × 2-Inch Swivel Caster Wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition one caster wheel at each corner of the item. Mark the mounting holes, drill suitable pilot holes if required, and securely attach each wheel using compatible screws or bolts. Check that all four wheels are level and firmly secured before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for compatible:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrolleys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelving units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkbenches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToolboxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY furniture projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the wheels clean and remove any dirt, hair or debris that may affect movement. Check the mounting screws regularly and tighten them when necessary. Apply a small amount of suitable lubricant to the swivel mechanism if movement becomes stiff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct Type: Swivel caster wheels\u003cbr\u003eBrand: GMY\u003cbr\u003eWheel Size: 2 inches\u003cbr\u003eQuantity: 4 pieces\u003cbr\u003eColour: Grey and black\u003cbr\u003eBracket Material: Metal\u003cbr\u003eMovement: 360-degree swivel\u003cbr\u003eMounting Type: Flat plate mounting\u003cbr\u003eRecommended Use: Indoor furniture and equipment mobility\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the mounting surface is strong enough to support the caster wheels and the intended load. Use suitable mounting hardware and do not exceed the safe load capacity of the wheels or furniture. Install all four casters securely before moving the item. Not intended for transporting people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many caster wheels are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe package contains four 2-inch swivel caster wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the wheels rotate in different directions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the swivel brackets allow 360-degree directional movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting screws included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMounting screws are not clearly shown in the packaging and should be purchased separately if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these wheels be fitted to furniture?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they are suitable for compatible cabinets, tables, shelving units and other furniture with strong, flat mounting surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53469147693422,"sku":"6053662313777","price":50.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/4f242834-b75c-4590-84b4-e888cd1e1cee.png?v=1787564431"},{"product_id":"4-piece-set-of-50mm-2-inch-caster-wheels","title":"Tokoma 50mm Swivel Caster Wheels – 4 Piece","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eMove furniture and equipment smoothly with the Tokoma 50mm Swivel Caster Wheels. Designed to rotate freely for easy directional movement, these durable transparent wheels are ideal for furniture, trolleys, storage units and other light-duty applications.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour swivel caster wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50mm (2-inch) transparent wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-gliding and swivelling movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable metal mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and practical design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum supported load: approximately 30kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for various household and commercial applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes furniture and equipment easier to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel design allows flexible directional control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent wheels complement different furniture styles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce the effort required to reposition heavy items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour-piece pack provides a complete set for one unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for repairs, replacements and DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4 × Tokoma 50mm Swivel Caster Wheels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition one caster wheel underneath each corner of the furniture or equipment. Mark the mounting points, drill suitable pilot holes if necessary and secure each bracket using compatible screws. Check that all four wheels are firmly attached before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand trolleys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopping carts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial equipment within the recommended load limit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the wheels free from dust, hair and debris. Check the mounting screws regularly and tighten them when necessary. Avoid prolonged exposure to moisture to help protect the metal brackets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Tokoma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Swivel caster wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel diameter: 50mm \/ 2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel colour: Transparent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket colour: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBracket material: Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 4 pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMovement: Swivel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum supported load: Approximately 30kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarcode: 6002148827338\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not exceed the stated maximum load capacity. Install all wheels securely on a stable surface before use. Distribute the load evenly and inspect the brackets regularly for looseness, wear or damage. Not intended for high-speed transportation or uneven outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many wheels are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe package contains four swivel caster wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the wheel size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach wheel has a diameter of approximately 50mm or 2 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the wheels swivel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the caster wheels swivel to provide flexible multidirectional movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum supported load?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe packaging indicates a maximum supported load of approximately 30kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting screws included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMounting screws are not visibly included in the package and may need to be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53469153788270,"sku":"6002148827338","price":74.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/67c3ecd6-c618-4b38-a7cb-7b7a9ffde698.png?v=1787562701"},{"product_id":"aiyi-g067-xl-handyman-grip-work-gloves-blue-black","title":"Aiyi G067 XL Handyman Grip Work Gloves – Blue \u0026 Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eProtect your hands while maintaining a secure grip with the Aiyi G067 Handyman Work Gloves. Designed with a comfortable knitted fabric and textured black coating across the palms and fingers, these gloves are suitable for everyday handling, maintenance, gardening, workshop tasks and general DIY work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTextured palm and finger coating provides improved grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible knitted material supports comfortable hand movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps protect hands from dirt, minor scrapes and everyday abrasion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable fabric backing helps reduce discomfort during use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElasticated cuffs provide a secure fit around the wrists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable design offers practical value for regular tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue and black finish makes dirt and marks less noticeable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eXL size is suitable for users requiring a larger fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Aiyi G067 Handyman Work Gloves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: XL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Blue and black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUsage, Compatibility and Care Instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear the gloves before beginning general handling, gardening, maintenance, workshop or DIY tasks. Ensure that both gloves fit securely and that you can move your fingers comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGardening and outdoor work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral household maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse and stock handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoving and carrying items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight construction work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning and general labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter use, brush away loose dirt and wipe the coated surfaces with a damp cloth. If washing is required, hand-wash gently using mild soap and cool water. Allow the gloves to air-dry completely away from direct heat and sunlight. Do not iron or tumble-dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Aiyi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: G067\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Handyman work gloves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: XL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Blue and black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Knitted fabric with textured coated palms and fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCuff type: Elasticated knitted cuff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit: Full-finger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable: Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the gloves before every use and discontinue use if they are torn, excessively worn or damaged. These gloves are intended for general-purpose tasks and should not be used as protection against sharp blades, hazardous chemicals, extreme heat, electricity or other high-risk hazards. Keep away from open flames and moving machinery. Always select task-specific protective equipment where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are these gloves?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe gloves are supplied in size XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many gloves are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe package contains one pair, consisting of a left-hand and right-hand glove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the gloves provide extra grip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The palms and fingers feature a textured coating designed to improve grip during general handling tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they suitable for gardening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They can be used for routine gardening, yard maintenance and other general outdoor tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the gloves be reused?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They are reusable when properly cleaned, dried and stored after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these gloves waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe coated sections may provide limited resistance to moisture, but the gloves are not fully waterproof.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they cut-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo verified cut-resistance rating is shown. They should not be used for handling blades, sharp metal or other serious cutting hazards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGently hand-wash them with mild soap and cool water, then allow them to air-dry naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54602141466990,"sku":"6009541830020","price":12.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/da6bdd53-1bc1-44be-b24a-11cb90bf6412.png?v=1787052397"},{"product_id":"high-visibility-orange-reflective-safety-vest-with-front-zip-and-id-pocket-xl","title":"High-Visibility Orange Reflective Safety Vest with Front Zip and ID Pocket – XL","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eStay visible while working in low-light or high-traffic environments with this high-visibility safety vest. It features a bright fluorescent orange mesh design, two horizontal reflective strips, a convenient front zipper and a transparent chest pocket for displaying identification. Its lightweight, sleeveless construction allows comfortable movement and easy layering over everyday workwear.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright fluorescent orange colour improves daytime visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo yellow reflective strips enhance visibility in low-light conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight mesh fabric promotes airflow and comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length front zipper provides a secure, adjustable fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent chest pocket conveniently displays an ID card or work permit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleeveless design allows freedom of movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to wear over shirts, jackets and work uniforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor work environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable and easy to store when not in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × High-Visibility Orange Reflective Safety Vest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the front zipper and put the vest on over your normal clothing. Insert an identification card into the transparent chest pocket if required, then close the zipper securely. Ensure that both reflective strips remain fully visible and unobstructed while the vest is being worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction and maintenance work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouses and logistics operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoadside and traffic-related activities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity and event personnel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParking attendants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivery and transport workers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency preparedness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCycling, walking and other low-light outdoor activities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash gently in cool or lukewarm water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse mild detergent only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not bleach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid harsh chemicals and abrasive cleaning products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow to air-dry naturally\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not iron directly over the reflective strips or transparent pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from sharp objects and excessive heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect regularly for tears, damaged stitching or worn reflective material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: High-visibility safety vest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Fluorescent orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReflective-strip colour: Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize shown: XL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosure type: Front zipper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Lightweight mesh-style fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReflective strips: Two horizontal bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePocket: Transparent chest ID pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign: Sleeveless and reusable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 vest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis vest is designed to improve wearer visibility but does not eliminate workplace or roadside hazards. Confirm that it meets the visibility and protective-equipment requirements of your workplace before use. It is not a substitute for helmets, protective clothing, warning lights or other required safety equipment. Replace the vest if the material or reflective strips become badly damaged, faded or obstructed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the vest have reflective strips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It has two horizontal yellow reflective strips across the front and back areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is shown in the images?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe label shown indicates size XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it close at the front?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The vest features a full-length front zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a pocket for an identification card?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. A transparent ID pocket is positioned on the chest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be worn over a jacket?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, provided the selected size offers enough room for comfortable layering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the material breathable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe vest has a lightweight mesh-style construction that encourages airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be washed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Gentle hand washing and natural air-drying are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this vest suitable for nighttime use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe reflective strips can improve visibility when illuminated, but additional lighting and appropriate safety equipment may still be required.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54602297180526,"sku":null,"price":42.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/a84746c3-ac85-4825-8a80-5c809512b0de.png?v=1787055092"},{"product_id":"p80-round-self-adhesive-abrasive-sanding-disc","title":"P80 Round Self-Adhesive Abrasive Sanding Disc","description":"\u003cp\u003eAchieve efficient surface preparation with this P80 Round Self-Adhesive Abrasive Sanding Disc. Designed for medium-to-coarse sanding, it helps remove paint, rust, surface imperfections and old finishes. The adhesive backing allows the disc to attach securely to a compatible flat sanding pad for convenient use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eP80 abrasive grit for effective material removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRound design provides broad, even surface coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-adhesive backing for quick attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps remove paint, rust and old surface coatings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for smoothing rough or uneven areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible construction follows flat and gently curved surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to attach, remove and replace\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for DIY, automotive and workshop applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × P80 Round Self-Adhesive Abrasive Sanding Disc\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the sanding pad and work surface are clean and dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the protective layer from the adhesive backing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre the disc on a compatible round sanding pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress firmly to secure it in position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSand using light, even pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the disc when the abrasive surface becomes worn or clogged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility and Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for sanding and surface preparation on compatible materials such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePainted surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomotive bodywork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic and suitable composite materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture and general DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways test the disc on a small, inconspicuous area before completing the entire surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep unused discs clean and dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore them flat to prevent bending or warping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect the adhesive backing from dust and moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use a disc that is torn, damaged or excessively worn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove accumulated sanding dust regularly during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Abrasive sanding disc\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShape: Round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrit grade: P80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbrasive level: Medium-to-coarse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Reddish brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking: Self-adhesive fabric backing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Sanding, smoothing and surface preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 disc\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: Please measure the disc diameter before listing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear safety glasses, a suitable dust mask and protective gloves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork in a well-ventilated area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep hands away from moving sanding equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the disc is firmly attached before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed the speed recommended for your sanding tool or backing pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect powered equipment before fitting or replacing the disc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does P80 mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eP80 indicates the abrasive grit grade. It is suitable for medium-to-coarse sanding and removing surface material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the disc have an adhesive backing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The reverse side has a peel-and-stick backing for attachment to a compatible sanding pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It can be used for smoothing rough wood and preparing wooden surfaces before finer sanding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it remove paint or rust?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The P80 abrasive surface can assist with removing paint, light rust and old finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be attached directly to a power sander?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly use it with a compatible flat backing pad of the correct diameter and within the equipment manufacturer’s safety requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the disc reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt may be used until the abrasive surface becomes worn, damaged or heavily clogged. Performance will reduce with continued use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54602343776622,"sku":null,"price":2.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/b2041eed-0960-46cb-9451-8df083f44677.png?v=1787058274"},{"product_id":"white-industrial-safety-hard-hat","title":"White Industrial Safety Hard Hat","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eStay protected during demanding jobs with this White Industrial Safety Hard Hat. Its durable shell helps shield the head from minor impacts, falling debris and workplace hazards. The lightweight design and wide brim make it suitable for construction, maintenance, warehouse work and general industrial use.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable protective outer shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design for comfortable wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide brim offers additional coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaised top profile provides extra headroom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSide attachment points for compatible accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth white finish for a clean, professional appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor work environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable and practical for everyday workplace use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × White Industrial Safety Hard Hat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the appropriate internal suspension or head harness before use if it is not already installed. Place the hard hat securely on your head and adjust the suspension to achieve a comfortable, stable fit. Ensure it sits level and does not move excessively during work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility and Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction sites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouses and factories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance and repair work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngineering environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGardening and outdoor projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral industrial applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible accessories may vary according to the helmet’s attachment design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare and Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the shell with mild soap, water and a soft cloth. Allow it to air-dry completely before storage. Do not use solvents, harsh chemicals or abrasive cleaners. Store away from direct sunlight, excessive heat and corrosive substances. Inspect the shell and suspension before every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Safety hard hat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Durable plastic shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign: Domed shell with wide brim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit: Adjustable when used with a compatible internal suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Industrial and general workplace protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product should be used with a correctly fitted internal suspension system. Inspect it before every use and replace it immediately if it is cracked, deformed, deeply scratched or has sustained a significant impact. Do not drill, paint or modify the shell. Confirm the product’s applicable safety certification and workplace suitability before using it in regulated or high-risk environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the hard hat include an internal suspension?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplied components may vary. Confirm whether an internal suspension is included before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the size adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe fit can be adjusted when the helmet is equipped with a compatible adjustable suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used on construction sites?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for general industrial and construction applications. Always verify that it meets the safety requirements of your workplace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan accessories be attached to it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe shell includes side attachment areas, but compatibility depends on the specific accessory and mounting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should it be cleaned?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse mild soap, clean water and a soft cloth. Avoid solvents and harsh cleaning chemicals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen should the hard hat be replaced?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReplace it after a strong impact or when cracks, deformation, brittleness or other signs of damage appear.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54603015651694,"sku":"6032024535514","price":89.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/8a358a80-d809-4448-bbc5-c3b09ecfe220.png?v=1787064767"},{"product_id":"yellow-industrial-safety-helmet-with-adjustable-harness","title":"Yellow Industrial Safety Helmet with Adjustable Harness","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eThis yellow industrial safety helmet is designed to provide head protection in suitable workplace environments. It features a rigid outer shell, an internal suspension harness and an adjustable headband for a secure, comfortable fit.\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bright yellow finish improves visibility, while the front brim helps shield the wearer’s face from overhead dust and light debris. Suitable for construction sites, workshops, warehouses, maintenance work and other environments where protective headwear is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable rigid outer shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright yellow, high-visibility finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal suspension harness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePadded forehead band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable rear headband\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront brim design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSide slots for compatible accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight, practical construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for a range of workplace applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps protect the wearer’s head in suitable work environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable fit accommodates different head sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal suspension helps keep the shell away from the wearer’s head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForehead padding improves comfort during use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright colour makes the wearer easier to identify\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront brim provides additional coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for daily use across multiple industries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Yellow industrial safety helmet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Installed internal suspension harness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the helmet, suspension harness and adjustment mechanism before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the helmet on your head with the brim facing forward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the suspension harness comfortably around your head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the rear headband until the helmet fits securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the helmet does not move excessively when you turn or tilt your head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the helmet if the shell or suspension system becomes cracked, damaged or excessively worn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility \/ Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for use in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngineering facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral industrial workplaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSite inspections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY and renovation projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the side accessory slots only with correctly fitting and compatible safety accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the shell using mild soap, water and a soft cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the helmet to dry naturally before storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use harsh chemicals, solvents or abrasive cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the shell and suspension harness regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not drill, cut, paint or modify the helmet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace damaged or heavily worn components before further use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Industrial safety helmet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShell style: Rigid shell with front brim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuspension: Internal strap suspension system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment: Rear adjustable headband\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForehead support: Padded band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory mounting: Side slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 1 helmet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Not visible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Not visible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: Adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Not confirmed from the supplied images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCertification standard: Label present, but details are not clearly readable from the supplied images\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm the helmet’s certification, safety rating and intended application before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways inspect the helmet before entering a work area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use the helmet if the shell, suspension or adjustment mechanism is damaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis helmet does not replace other personal protective equipment required for the task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow workplace safety procedures and the manufacturer’s instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not advertise the helmet as certified to a specific standard unless the certification label has been clearly verified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the helmet adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The helmet has an adjustable rear headband to help provide a secure fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include an internal suspension system?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. An internal strap suspension harness is installed inside the helmet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is the helmet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe helmet has a bright yellow finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan accessories be attached?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe helmet has side accessory slots. Compatibility with a specific accessory should be confirmed before purchase or use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the helmet certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA product label is visible inside the helmet, but its certification details cannot be clearly verified from the supplied photographs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere can the helmet be used?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt may be suitable for construction, maintenance, engineering, warehousing, workshops and other applicable industrial environments, subject to workplace requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MR PANDA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54605573652846,"sku":"6032024535491","price":65.01,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/files\/eee9c873-8de0-4fe2-9288-f5b3453c856e.png?v=1787124685"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0969\/4232\/6126\/collections\/General_Hardware.png?v=1784668564","url":"https:\/\/mrpanda.co.za\/collections\/hardware.oembed?page=3","provider":"MR PANDA","version":"1.0","type":"link"}